blob: 241220c43e861233789420a4012a90f0e2308d28 [file] [log] [blame]
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
Johannes Berg83037d12010-02-18 11:54:24 +01006 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01007 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02009 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +020010 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +010011 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 *
14 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
15 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
16 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
17 *
18 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
19 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
20 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
21 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
22 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
23 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
24 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
25 *
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +020026 */
27
Johannes Berga9e38042015-05-05 14:14:11 +020028/*
29 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
30 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
31 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
32 *
33 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
34 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
35 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
36 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
37 * can actually be identified and removed.
38 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
39 */
40
Johannes Bergd8004bd2009-05-20 15:07:40 +020041#include <linux/types.h>
42
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +020043#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
44
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +010045#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
46#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
51
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +020052/**
53 * DOC: Station handling
54 *
55 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
56 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
57 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
58 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
59 * to.
60 *
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +010061 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
62 * capabilities.
63 *
64 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
65 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
66 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
67 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
68 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
69 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
70 * time mark it authorized.
71 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
72 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
73 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
74 *
75 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +020076 */
77
78/**
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +020079 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
80 *
81 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
82 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
83 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
84 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
85 * for various reasons.
86 *
87 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
88 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
89 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
90 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
91 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
92 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
93 * for doing that.
94 *
95 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
96 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
97 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
98 *
99 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
100 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
101 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
102 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
103 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
104 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
105 *
106 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
107 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
108 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
109 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
110 *
111 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
112 * below.
113 */
114
115/**
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -0700116 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
117 *
118 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
119 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
120 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
121 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
122 *
123 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
124 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
125 * types there no concurrency is implied.
126 *
127 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
128 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
129 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
130 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
131 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
132 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
133 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
134 *
135 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
136 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
137 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
138 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
139 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
140 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
141 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
142 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
143 *
144 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
145 * interfaces that a given device supports.
146 */
147
148/**
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +0200149 * DOC: packet coalesce support
150 *
151 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
152 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
153 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
154 * and power consumption.
155 *
156 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
157 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
158 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
159 * following events occur.
160 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
161 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
162 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
163 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
164 *
165 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
166 * rule.
167 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
168 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
169 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
170 * Multiple such rules can be created.
171 */
172
173/**
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200174 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
175 *
176 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
177 *
178 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
179 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +0100180 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
181 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +0100182 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
183 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
184 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
Johannes Berg80e02112009-04-21 00:36:05 +0200185 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
186 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
Johannes Berge1dbf1b2010-05-11 10:47:54 +0200187 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
188 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200189 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
190 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
191 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
192 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
193 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
194 *
195 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +0100196 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
197 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200198 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
199 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
200 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
201 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
202 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
203 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
204 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
205 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
206 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
207 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
208 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
209 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
210 *
211 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
212 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +0100213 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
214 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200215 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
Johannes Bergd8004bd2009-05-20 15:07:40 +0200216 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
217 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200218 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
219 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
220 *
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +0200221 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
222 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
223 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
224 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
225 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
227 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
228 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
229 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
230 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +0200231 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
232 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
233 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +0100234 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +0200236 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +0100237 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +0200238 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
239 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
240 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200241 *
242 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
243 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
245 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
246 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
247 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
249 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
Johannes Bergd1bc0eb2014-10-29 17:10:13 +0100250 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
251 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
252 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
253 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
254 * frame).
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200255 *
256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
257 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
258 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
259 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
260 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
261 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +0200262 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
264 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
265 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200266 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
267 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
268 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
269 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
270 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
271 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
272 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
273 *
Luis R. Rodriguez7ab65222009-01-28 08:57:59 -0800274 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
Johannes Berg2ca8bfa2014-12-17 15:16:26 +0100275 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
276 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
277 * global regdomain will be returned.
278 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
279 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
280 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
281 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
282 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
283 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
284 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
285 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
286 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200287 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
288 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
289 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
290 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
291 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
292 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
293 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
297 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
Johannes Bergfb37edc2010-06-15 12:03:44 +0200298 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200299 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
300 *
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +0100301 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +0200302 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
303 *
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +0100304 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +0200305 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +0200306 *
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +0100307 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
308 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
309 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
310 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
311 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
312 * added to all specified management frames generated by
313 * kernel/firmware/driver.
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +0200314 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
315 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
316 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
317 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
318 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
319 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +0100320 *
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200321 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
322 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +0200323 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
324 * probe requests at CCK rate or not.
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +0100325 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
326 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
327 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
328 * partial scan results may be available
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200329 *
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -0700330 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
331 * intervals, as specified by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL.
332 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
333 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
334 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
335 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
336 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
337 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
338 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
339 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +0100340 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
341 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
342 * is supplied.
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +0200343 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
344 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
345 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -0700346 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
347 * results available.
348 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
349 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
350 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
351 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
352 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
353 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
354 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
355 *
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +0100356 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
357 * or noise level
358 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
359 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
360 *
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +0200361 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
362 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
364 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
366 *
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +0100367 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
368 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
369 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
370 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
371 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
372 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
373 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
374 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
375 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
376 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +0200377 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
378 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
379 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
380 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
381 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
382 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
383 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
384 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
385 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
386 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
387 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
388 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
389 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
390 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
391 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
392 * the beacon hint was processed.
393 *
394 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
395 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
396 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
397 * authentication process.
398 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
399 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
400 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
401 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
402 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
403 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
404 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
405 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
406 * to be added to the frame.
407 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
408 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
409 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
410 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
411 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
Johannes Berg52868512009-05-14 01:19:34 +0200412 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
413 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
414 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
415 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
417 * pending authentication timed out).
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +0200418 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
419 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
420 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
421 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives).
422 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
423 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
424 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
425 * primitives).
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
427 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
428 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
429 *
430 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
431 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
432 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
433 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
434 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
435 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
436 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +0100437 *
Johannes Berg80e02112009-04-21 00:36:05 +0200438 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
439 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
440 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
441 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
442 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
Johannes Berg52868512009-05-14 01:19:34 +0200443 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
444 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
445 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
Johannes Berg80e02112009-04-21 00:36:05 +0200446 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
447 * determined by the network interface.
448 *
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +0200449 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
450 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
451 * to the driver.
452 *
Johannes Berg99dde7a2009-06-23 17:50:27 +0200453 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
454 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
455 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
456 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +0100457 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
458 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Johannes Bergda441d42014-01-24 16:07:51 +0100459 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
460 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
461 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
462 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
463 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
464 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
465 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
466 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
467 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
468 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
469 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
470 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +0200471 * Background scan period can optionally be
472 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
473 * if not specified default background scan configuration
474 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
475 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
Johannes Berg99dde7a2009-06-23 17:50:27 +0200476 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
477 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
478 * determined by the STATUS_CODE attribute.
479 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
480 * sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
481 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
482 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
483 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
484 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
485 *
Johannes Berg748bdd12009-09-24 20:11:42 +0200486 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
487 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
488 *
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +0100489 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
490 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
491 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
492 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +0200493 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
494 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +0100495 * frequency for the operation.
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +0100496 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
497 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
498 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
499 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
500 * radio).
501 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
502 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
503 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
504 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
505 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
506 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
507 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
508 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
509 * uniquely identify the request.
510 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
511 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
512 *
513 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
514 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
515 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
516 *
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +0200517 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
518 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
519 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
520 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
521 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
522 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
523 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
524 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
525 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
526 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
527 * backward compatibility
528 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
529 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
530 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
Johannes Berg83037d12010-02-18 11:54:24 +0100531 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
532 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +0100533 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
534 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
535 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
536 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
537 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +0100538 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
539 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
540 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +0200541 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
542 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +0200543 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
544 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
545 * is used during CSA period.
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +0100546 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
547 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
548 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +0200549 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
550 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
551 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
Johannes Berg83037d12010-02-18 11:54:24 +0100552 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
553 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
554 * the frame.
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +0200555 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
556 * backward compatibility.
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +0200557 *
558 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
559 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
560 *
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +0200561 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
562 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
563 * levels.
564 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
565 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
566 * reached.
Johannes Berge1dbf1b2010-05-11 10:47:54 +0200567 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +0100568 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
569 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
Johannes Berge1dbf1b2010-05-11 10:47:54 +0200570 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
571 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
572 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
573 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
574 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
575 * precedence when they are used.
Johannes Berg83037d12010-02-18 11:54:24 +0100576 *
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +0200577 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
578 *
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +0100579 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
580 * mesh config parameters may be given.
581 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
582 * network is determined by the network interface.
583 *
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +0100584 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
585 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
586 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
587 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
588 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
589 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
590 *
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +0200591 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
592 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
593 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +0100594 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
595 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
596 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
597 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
598 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +0200599 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
600 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
601 * depending on the authentication result.
602 *
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +0200603 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
604 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
605 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
606 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
607 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
608 * more background information, see
609 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +0100610 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
611 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
612 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
613 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
614 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
615 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +0200616 *
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +0200617 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
618 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
619 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
620 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
621 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
622 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
623 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
624 *
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +0200625 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
626 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
627 *
Johannes Berg03820322011-10-27 21:37:35 +0200628 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +0100629 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
630 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
631 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
632 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
633 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
634 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +0100635 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
636 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
637 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
638 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
639 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
640 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
641 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
642 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
Johannes Berg03820322011-10-27 21:37:35 +0200643 *
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +0100644 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
645 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
646 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
647 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
648 * is received.
649 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
650 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
651 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
652 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
653 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
654 *
655 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
656 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
657 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
658 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
659 *
660 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
661 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
662 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
663 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
664 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
665 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
666 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
667 *
668 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
669 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
670 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
671 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
672 *
Johannes Berg564eb402011-12-06 13:37:12 +0100673 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
674 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
675 *
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +0200676 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
677 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +0100678 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
Johannes Bergb8820d22014-11-13 13:59:57 +0100679 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
680 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
681 * from the remote AP) is completed;
682 *
683 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
684 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
685 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
686 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
687 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
688 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
689 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
690 * interfaces to change channel as well.
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +0200691 *
Johannes Bergbec9a8e2012-10-16 20:08:34 +0200692 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
693 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
694 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
695 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
696 * public action frame TX.
697 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
698 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
699 *
700 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
701 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
702 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
703 * is used for this.
704 *
Johannes Berg4c471752012-11-19 15:41:07 +0100705 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
706 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
707 *
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +0100708 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
709 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
710 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
711 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
712 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
713 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
714 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
715 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
716 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
717 *
718 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
719 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
720 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
721 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
722 * while operating on this channel.
723 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
724 * event.
725 *
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +0100726 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
727 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
728 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
729 *
730 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
731 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
732 *
733 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
734 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
735 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
736 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
737 *
Johannes Bergae586a42013-05-02 09:28:44 +0200738 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
739 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
740 * complete.
741 *
742 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
743 * return back to normal.
744 *
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +0200745 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
746 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
747 *
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +0100748 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
749 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
750 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
751 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
752 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
753 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
754 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
755 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
756 * switch is complete.
757 *
Johannes Berg63f94302014-01-24 15:55:46 +0100758 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
759 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
760 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
761 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
762 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
763 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
764 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
765 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
766 *
767 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
768 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
769 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
770 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
771 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
772 *
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +0200773 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
774 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
775 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
776 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
777 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
778 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
779 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
780 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
781 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
782 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
783 * fail even if the check was successful.
784 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
785 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
786 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
787 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
788 *
Johannes Berg7b9cb6e2014-10-09 16:34:46 +0200789 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
790 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
791 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
792 *
Johannes Bergb8820d22014-11-13 13:59:57 +0100793 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
794 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
795 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
796 * network is determined by the network interface.
797 *
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +0100798 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
799 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
800 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
801 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
802 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
803 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
804 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
805 * AP.
806 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
807 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
808 * when this command completes.
809 *
Johannes Berg2ca8bfa2014-12-17 15:16:26 +0100810 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
811 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
812 * management.
813 *
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200814 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
815 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
816 */
817enum nl80211_commands {
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +0200818/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200819 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
820
821 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
822 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
823 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
824 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
825
826 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
827 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
828 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
829 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
830
831 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
832 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
833 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
834 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
835
836 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
837 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +0200838 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
839 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
840 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
841 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200842
843 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
844 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
845 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
846 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
847
848 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
849 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
850 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
851 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
852
853 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
854
855 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
856 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
857
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +0100858 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
859 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +0200860
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +0200861 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +0100862
Luis R. Rodriguez7ab65222009-01-28 08:57:59 -0800863 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
864
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200865 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
866 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +0100867 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
868 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +0200869
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +0100870 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
871
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +0200872 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
873 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
874 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
875 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
876
877 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
878
879 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
880
Johannes Berg80e02112009-04-21 00:36:05 +0200881 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
882 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
883
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +0200884 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
885
Johannes Berg99dde7a2009-06-23 17:50:27 +0200886 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
887 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
888 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
889
Johannes Berg748bdd12009-09-24 20:11:42 +0200890 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
891
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +0100892 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
893 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
894
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +0100895 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
896 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
897 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
898
899 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
900 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
901
902 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
903
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +0200904 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
905 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
906 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
907 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
908 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
909 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg83037d12010-02-18 11:54:24 +0100910
Johannes Berg03977c42010-03-16 22:21:25 -0700911 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
912 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
913
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +0200914 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
915 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
916
Johannes Berge1dbf1b2010-05-11 10:47:54 +0200917 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +0200918 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
Johannes Berge1dbf1b2010-05-11 10:47:54 +0200919
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +0100920 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
921
922 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
923 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
924
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +0100925 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
926 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
927
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +0200928 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
929
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +0200930 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
931 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
932
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -0700933 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
934 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
935 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
936 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
937
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +0200938 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
939
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +0200940 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
941
Johannes Berg03820322011-10-27 21:37:35 +0200942 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
943 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
944
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +0100945 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
946
947 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
948
949 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
950
951 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
952
Johannes Berg564eb402011-12-06 13:37:12 +0100953 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
954
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +0200955 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
956
Johannes Bergbec9a8e2012-10-16 20:08:34 +0200957 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
958 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
959
960 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
961
Johannes Berg4c471752012-11-19 15:41:07 +0100962 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
963
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +0100964 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
965
966 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
967
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +0100968 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
969
970 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
971 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
972
Johannes Bergae586a42013-05-02 09:28:44 +0200973 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
974 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
975
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +0200976 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
977 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
978
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +0100979 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
980
Johannes Berg63f94302014-01-24 15:55:46 +0100981 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
982
983 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
984
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +0200985 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
986 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
987
Johannes Berg7b9cb6e2014-10-09 16:34:46 +0200988 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
989
Johannes Bergb8820d22014-11-13 13:59:57 +0100990 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
991 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
992
993 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
994
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +0100995 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
996 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
997
Johannes Berg2ca8bfa2014-12-17 15:16:26 +0100998 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
999
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001000 /* add new commands above here */
1001
1002 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1003 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1004 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1005};
1006
1007/*
1008 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1009 * here
1010 */
1011#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +01001012#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +01001013#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02001014#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1015#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1016#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1017#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1018#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +01001019
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01001020#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1021
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01001022/* source-level API compatibility */
1023#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1024#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02001025#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01001026
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001027/**
1028 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1029 *
1030 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1031 *
1032 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1033 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1034 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01001035 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01001036 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1037 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1038 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1039 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1040 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1041 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1042 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1043 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1044 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1045 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1046 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1047 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01001048 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01001049 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01001050 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01001051 * this attribute)
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01001052 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1053 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1054 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01001055 * This attribute is now deprecated.
Johannes Berg80e02112009-04-21 00:36:05 +02001056 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1057 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1058 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1059 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1060 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1061 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1062 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1063 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1064 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1065 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1066 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1067 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01001068 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1069 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001070 *
1071 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1072 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1073 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1074 *
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02001075 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1076 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1077 *
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001078 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1079 *
1080 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1081 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1082 * keys
1083 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1084 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1085 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1086 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1087 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02001088 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1089 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1090 * default management key
1091 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1092 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1093 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1094 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001095 *
1096 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1097 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1098 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1099 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1100 *
1101 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1102 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
Johannes Bergd8004bd2009-05-20 15:07:40 +02001103 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001104 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1105 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1106 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1107 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1108 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1109 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1110 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1111 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1112 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1113 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1114 *
1115 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1116 * consisting of a nested array.
1117 *
1118 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01001119 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1120 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001121 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1122 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1123 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1124 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1125 *
1126 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1127 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1128 *
1129 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1130 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1131 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1132 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1133 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1134 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01001135 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001136 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1137 * to a specific alpha2.
1138 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1139 * rules.
1140 *
1141 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1142 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1143 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1144 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1145 * (u8, 0 or 1)
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01001146 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1147 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1148 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001149 *
1150 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1151 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1152 *
1153 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1154 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1155 * of the interface mode.
1156 *
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +01001157 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1158 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1159 *
1160 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1161 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1162 *
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +02001163 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1164 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +02001165 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1166 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02001167 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1168 * that can be added to a scan request
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +02001169 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1170 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02001171 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1172 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +02001173 *
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +01001174 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1175 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1176 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +02001177 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1178 *
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +01001179 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1180 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1181 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1182 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1183 *
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02001184 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1185 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1186 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1187 *
1188 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1189 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1190 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1191 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1192 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1193 * represented as a u32
1194 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1195 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1196 *
1197 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1198 * a u32
1199 *
1200 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1201 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1202 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1203 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1204 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1205 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1206 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1207 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1208 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1209 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1210 *
1211 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1212 * cipher suites
1213 *
Johannes Berg80e02112009-04-21 00:36:05 +02001214 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1215 * for other networks on different channels
1216 *
Johannes Berg52868512009-05-14 01:19:34 +02001217 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1218 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1219 *
1220 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1221 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1222 * this attribute can be used
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01001223 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
Johannes Berg52868512009-05-14 01:19:34 +02001224 *
Johannes Bergd8004bd2009-05-20 15:07:40 +02001225 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1226 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1227 *
1228 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1229 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1230 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1231 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1232 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1233 * default in station mode.
Johannes Bergd07ec362010-09-29 14:43:31 +02001234 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1235 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1236 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1237 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1238 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1239 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1240 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1241 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1242 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
Johannes Bergd8004bd2009-05-20 15:07:40 +02001243 *
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02001244 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1245 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1246 *
Johannes Berg99dde7a2009-06-23 17:50:27 +02001247 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1248 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1249 * a local disconnect request.
1250 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1251 * event (u16)
Johannes Berg1782c8a2009-06-24 13:01:00 +02001252 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02001253 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1254 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
Johannes Berg99dde7a2009-06-23 17:50:27 +02001255 *
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02001256 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1257 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02001258 * (an array of u32).
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02001259 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1260 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1261 * u32).
1262 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1263 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02001264 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02001265 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1266 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02001267 *
1268 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1269 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1270 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1271 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1272 *
Johannes Bergb7394932009-07-07 21:37:34 +02001273 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used by in ASSOCIATE
1274 * commands to specify using a reassociate frame
1275 *
Johannes Bergb7394932009-07-07 21:37:34 +02001276 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1277 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1278 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1279 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1280 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1281 *
Johannes Berg748bdd12009-09-24 20:11:42 +02001282 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1283 *
1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1285 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1286 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1287 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1288 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1289 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1290 * completely from scratch.
1291 *
Felix Fietkau39566cc2009-11-11 13:20:40 +01001292 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1293 *
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01001294 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1295 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1296 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1297 *
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01001298 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1300 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1301 *
1302 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01001303 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1304 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1305 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01001306 *
1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1308 *
1309 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1310 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1311 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1312 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1313 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1314 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK.
1315 *
Johannes Berg83037d12010-02-18 11:54:24 +01001316 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02001317 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1319 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1321 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1322 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1323 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1325 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1326 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
Johannes Berg83037d12010-02-18 11:54:24 +01001327 *
1328 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1329 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1330 *
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02001331 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1332 *
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +02001333 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1334 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1335 *
Johannes Berge1dbf1b2010-05-11 10:47:54 +02001336 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1337 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1338 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1339 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1340 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1341 *
1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1343 * connected to this BSS.
1344 *
Johannes Berg80ed81f2010-07-21 10:10:33 +02001345 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1346 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1348 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1349 * for non-automatic settings.
1350 *
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +02001351 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1352 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1353 *
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01001354 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1355 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1356 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1357 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1358 *
1359 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1360 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1361 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1362 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1363 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1364 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1365 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1366 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1367 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1368 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1369 *
1370 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1371 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1372 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1373 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02001374 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01001375 *
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01001376 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1377 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1378 *
1379 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1380 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1381 *
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01001382 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1383 *
1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1385 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1386 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1387 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1388 * nl80211 capability flag.
1389 *
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02001390 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01001391 *
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01001392 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1393 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1394 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1395 *
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02001397 * changed once the mesh is active.
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1399 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1400 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1401 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1402 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01001403 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1404 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1405 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1406 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01001407 *
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +02001408 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1409 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02001410 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1411 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1412 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1413 * triggers.
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02001414 *
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07001415 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1416 * cycles, in msecs.
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02001417 *
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02001418 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1419 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1420 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1421 * pass-thru filter rules.
1422 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1423 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1424 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1425 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1426 * able to ignore them by itself.
1427 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1428 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1429 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1430 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1431 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1432 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1433 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1434 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07001435 *
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1437 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1438 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1440 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1441 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1442 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02001443 *
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02001444 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +02001445 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1446 *
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02001447 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1448 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1449 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1450 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1451 *
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1453 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1454 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1455 *
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1457 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1458 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1459 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1461 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1462 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1463 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1464 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1465 *
1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1467 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02001468 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1469 * as AP.
1470 *
1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1472 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1473 *
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1475 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1476 *
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1478 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1479 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1480 * applications use this attribute.
1481 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1482 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02001483 *
Johannes Berg03820322011-10-27 21:37:35 +02001484 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1485 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1486 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1488 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1490 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1492 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1494 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1495 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1496 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1497 *
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01001498 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1499 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1500 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1501 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1502 *
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1504 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1505 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1506 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1507 *
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1509 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01001511 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1512 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1513 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1514 *
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1516 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1517 * to be filled by the FW.
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1519 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1521 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1522 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1523 * The values that may be configured are:
1524 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1525 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1526 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1527 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1528 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1529 *
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1531 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1532 * to one DFS region.
1533 *
Johannes Berg564eb402011-12-06 13:37:12 +01001534 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1535 * up to 16 TIDs.
1536 *
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +02001537 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1538 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1539 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1540 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1541 * capability to timeout the stations.
1542 *
1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1544 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1545 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1546 *
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1548 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1549 *
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02001550 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1551 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1552 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1553 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1554 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1555 *
Johannes Bergbec9a8e2012-10-16 20:08:34 +02001556 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1557 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1558 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1559 *
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02001560 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA: SAE elements in Authentication frames. This starts
1561 * with the Authentication transaction sequence number field.
1562 *
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1564 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1565 *
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1567 *
Johannes Berg1632b8e2012-12-21 10:24:03 +01001568 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1569 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1571 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1572 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1573 * no change is made.
1574 *
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01001575 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1576 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1577 *
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01001578 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1579 * carried in a u32 attribute
1580 *
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1582 * MAC ACL.
1583 *
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1585 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1586 * ACL.
1587 *
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1589 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1590 *
1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1592 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1593 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1595 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1596 *
1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1598 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1599 *
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1601 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1602 * and PU-APSD.
1603 *
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01001604 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1605 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1606 *
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1608 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1609 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1610 *
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1612 *
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1614 * Element
1615 *
Johannes Bergae586a42013-05-02 09:28:44 +02001616 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1617 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1619 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1620 *
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02001621 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1622 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1623 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1624 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1625 *
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1627 *
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01001628 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1629 * until the channel switch event.
1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1631 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1632 * operation).
1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1634 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02001635 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1636 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1638 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01001639 *
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1641 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1642 *
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1644 *
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1646 * supported operating classes.
1647 *
1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1649 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1650 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1651 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1652 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1653 * IBSS network.
1654 *
Johannes Berg63f94302014-01-24 15:55:46 +01001655 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1656 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1658 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1659 *
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1661 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
1662 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION; u8 attribute.
1663 *
1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1665 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1668 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1670 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1671 *
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1673 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1674 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01001675 *
Johannes Bergda441d42014-01-24 16:07:51 +01001676 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1678 *
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1680 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1681 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1682 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1683 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1684 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1685 *
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02001686 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1687 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1689 * supported number of csa counters.
1690 *
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02001691 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1692 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1693 *
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01001694 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02001695 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01001696 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
Johannes Berg2ca8bfa2014-12-17 15:16:26 +01001697 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1698 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1699 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
Johannes Berga9e38042015-05-05 14:14:11 +02001700 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1701 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1702 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1703 * cleared when the socket is closed.
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02001704 *
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02001705 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1706 * the TDLS link initiator.
1707 *
1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1709 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1710 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1711 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1712 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1713 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1714 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
1715 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1716 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1717 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1718 *
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1720 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1721 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1722 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1723 * setting valid value for coverage class.
1724 *
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1728 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
1729 *
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1731 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1732 *
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01001733 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1734 *
1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1736 *
Johannes Berg2ca8bfa2014-12-17 15:16:26 +01001737 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1738 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1739 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1740 * cfg80211 regdomain.
1741 *
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01001742 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1743 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1744 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1745 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1746 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1747 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
1748 *
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1750 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1751 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1752 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1753 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1754 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1755 * over all channels.
1756 *
Johannes Berga9e38042015-05-05 14:14:11 +02001757 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
1758 * scheduled scan (or a WoWLAN net-detect scan) is started, u32
1759 * in seconds.
1760
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1762 * is operating in an indoor environment.
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01001763 *
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01001764 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001765 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
1766 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1767 */
1768enum nl80211_attrs {
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02001769/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001770 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
1771
1772 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
1773 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
1774
1775 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
1776 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
1777 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
1778
1779 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
1780
1781 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
1782 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
1783 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
1784 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
1785 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
1786
1787 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
1788 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
1789 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
1790 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
1791
1792 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
1793 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
1794 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
1795 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
1796 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
1797 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
1798
1799 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
1800
1801 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
1802
1803 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
1804 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
1805 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
1806 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
1807
1808 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
1809 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
1810 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
1811
1812 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
1813
1814 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
1815
1816 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
1817 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
1818
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01001819 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +02001820
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01001821 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
1822
1823 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
1824 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01001825 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01001826
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +01001827 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
1828
1829 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
1830 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
1831
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001832 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
1833
1834 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
1835 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
Johannes Berg748bdd12009-09-24 20:11:42 +02001836 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02001837 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
1838
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +01001839 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
1840 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
1841
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02001842 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
1843
1844 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
1845 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
1846 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
1847 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
1848
1849 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
1850
1851 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
1852 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
1853
1854 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
1855 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
Johannes Berg80e02112009-04-21 00:36:05 +02001856
1857 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
1858
1859
1860 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
1861 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
1862 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
1863 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
1864
Johannes Berg52868512009-05-14 01:19:34 +02001865 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
1866
1867 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
1868
Johannes Bergd8004bd2009-05-20 15:07:40 +02001869 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
1870
1871 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02001872
1873 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
1874
Johannes Berg1782c8a2009-06-24 13:01:00 +02001875 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
Johannes Bergd8004bd2009-05-20 15:07:40 +02001876
Johannes Berg99dde7a2009-06-23 17:50:27 +02001877 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
1878 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
1879
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02001880 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
1881 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
1882 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
1883 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
1884
1885 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
1886 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
1887
Johannes Bergb7394932009-07-07 21:37:34 +02001888 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
1889
Johannes Bergb7394932009-07-07 21:37:34 +02001890 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
1891 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
1892
Johannes Berg748bdd12009-09-24 20:11:42 +02001893 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
1894
Felix Fietkau39566cc2009-11-11 13:20:40 +01001895 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
1896
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01001897 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
1898
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01001899 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
1900 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
1901
1902 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
1903
1904 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
1905
1906 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
1907
1908 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
1909
Johannes Berg83037d12010-02-18 11:54:24 +01001910 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
1911
1912 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
1913
Johannes Berg03977c42010-03-16 22:21:25 -07001914 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
1915
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +02001916 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
1917
Johannes Berge1dbf1b2010-05-11 10:47:54 +02001918 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
1919
1920 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
1921
Johannes Berg80ed81f2010-07-21 10:10:33 +02001922 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
1923 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
1924
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02001925 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
1926 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
1927 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
1928
Johannes Bergd07ec362010-09-29 14:43:31 +02001929 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1930 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
1931
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +02001932 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
1933
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01001934 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
1935 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
1936
1937 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
1938
1939 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
1940
1941 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
1942
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01001943 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
1944
1945 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
1946
1947 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
1948
1949 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
1950 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
1951
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02001952 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07001953 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02001954
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02001955 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
1956 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
1957
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07001958 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
1959
1960 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
1961 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
1962
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +02001963 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
1964
1965 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
1966 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
1967
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02001968 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
1969
1970 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
1971
1972 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
1973 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
1974
1975 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02001976 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
1977
1978 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
1979
1980 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
1981 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
1982
1983 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1984
1985 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02001986
Johannes Berg03820322011-10-27 21:37:35 +02001987 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
1988 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
1989 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
1990 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
1991 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
1992
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01001993 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
1994
1995 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
1996
1997 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
1998
1999 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2000
2001 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2002
2003 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2004
2005 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2006 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2007
Johannes Berg564eb402011-12-06 13:37:12 +01002008 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2009
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +02002010 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2011
2012 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2013
2014 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2015
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02002016 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2017
2018 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2019
Johannes Bergbec9a8e2012-10-16 20:08:34 +02002020 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2021
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02002022 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA,
2023
2024 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2025
2026 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2027
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01002028 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2029 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2030 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2031
Johannes Berg1632b8e2012-12-21 10:24:03 +01002032 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2033 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2034
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01002035 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2036
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01002037 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2038
2039 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2040
2041 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2042
2043 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2044
2045 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2046 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2047
2048 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2049 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2050
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01002051 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2052 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2053
2054 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2055 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2056
2057 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2058 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2059
Johannes Bergae586a42013-05-02 09:28:44 +02002060 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2061 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2062
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02002063 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2064
2065 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2066
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01002067 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2068 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2069 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2070 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2071 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2072
2073 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2074
2075 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2076
2077 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2078
2079 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2080
Johannes Berg63f94302014-01-24 15:55:46 +01002081 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2082 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2083
2084 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2085
2086 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2087 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2088 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2089 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2090
2091 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01002092
Johannes Bergda441d42014-01-24 16:07:51 +01002093 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2094 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2095
2096 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2097
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02002098 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2099
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01002100 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02002101
2102 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2103 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2104
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02002105 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2106
2107 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2108
2109 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2110
2111 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2112 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2113 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2114
2115 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2116
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01002117 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2118
2119 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2120
Johannes Berg2ca8bfa2014-12-17 15:16:26 +01002121 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2122
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002123 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2124
2125 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2126
2127 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2128
2129 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2130
Johannes Berga9e38042015-05-05 14:14:11 +02002131 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2132
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002133 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2134
2135 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01002136 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002137 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2138};
2139
Johannes Berg748bdd12009-09-24 20:11:42 +02002140/* source-level API compatibility */
2141#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01002142#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01002143#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
Johannes Berg748bdd12009-09-24 20:11:42 +02002144
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002145/*
2146 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2147 * here
2148 */
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02002149#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002150#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01002151#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2152#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2153#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +01002154#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2155#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2156#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +01002157#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2158#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02002159#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2160#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2161#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2162#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02002163#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2164#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2165#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2166#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
Johannes Berg5e0bc322009-07-08 14:55:12 +02002167#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2168#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01002169#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002170
2171#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
Johannes Bergd456ac62012-02-16 09:42:00 +01002172#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002173#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002174#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2175#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2176#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2177#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02002178#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002179
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02002180#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2181#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2182
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02002183#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2184
2185/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2186#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2187
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02002188#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2189
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002190/**
2191 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2192 *
2193 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2194 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2195 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2196 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07002197 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2198 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2199 * AP type interface.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002200 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2201 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2202 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
Johannes Bergd07ec362010-09-29 14:43:31 +02002203 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2204 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
Johannes Bergbec9a8e2012-10-16 20:08:34 +02002205 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2206 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2207 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2208 * commands to create and destroy one
Johannes Bergb8820d22014-11-13 13:59:57 +01002209 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2210 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002211 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002212 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002213 *
2214 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2215 * to set the type of an interface.
2216 *
2217 */
2218enum nl80211_iftype {
2219 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2220 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2221 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2222 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2223 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2224 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2225 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2226 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
Johannes Bergd07ec362010-09-29 14:43:31 +02002227 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2228 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
Johannes Bergbec9a8e2012-10-16 20:08:34 +02002229 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
Johannes Bergb8820d22014-11-13 13:59:57 +01002230 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002231
2232 /* keep last */
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002233 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2234 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002235};
2236
2237/**
2238 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2239 *
2240 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2241 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2242 *
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002243 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002244 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2245 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2246 * with short barker preamble
2247 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +01002248 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02002249 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
Johannes Bergd456ac62012-02-16 09:42:00 +01002250 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2251 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2252 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2253 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2254 * as errors.)
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01002255 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2256 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2257 * previously added station into associated state
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002258 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2259 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002260 */
2261enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2262 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2263 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2264 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2265 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
Johannes Berg4e6d3cb2009-01-29 14:42:13 +01002266 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02002267 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
Johannes Berg03820322011-10-27 21:37:35 +02002268 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01002269 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002270
2271 /* keep last */
2272 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2273 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2274};
2275
Johannes Berg4a7e7212012-06-07 09:10:32 +02002276#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2277
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002278/**
Johannes Bergd8004bd2009-05-20 15:07:40 +02002279 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2280 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2281 * @set: which values to set them to
2282 *
2283 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2284 */
2285struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2286 __u32 mask;
2287 __u32 set;
2288} __attribute__((packed));
2289
2290/**
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01002291 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2292 *
2293 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2294 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
Johannes Bergd6c68872012-07-06 08:45:40 +02002295 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2296 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2297 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2298 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2299 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2300 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2301 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01002302 *
2303 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2304 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2305 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01002306 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01002307 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
Johannes Bergd6c68872012-07-06 08:45:40 +02002308 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01002309 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01002310 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2311 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2312 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002313 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2314 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01002315 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002316 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2317 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2318 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2319 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2320 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2321 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01002322 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2323 */
2324enum nl80211_rate_info {
2325 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2326 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2327 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2328 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2329 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
Johannes Bergd6c68872012-07-06 08:45:40 +02002330 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01002331 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2332 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2333 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2334 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2335 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002336 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2337 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01002338
2339 /* keep last */
2340 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2341 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2342};
2343
2344/**
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02002345 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2346 *
2347 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2348 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2349 *
2350 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2351 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2352 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2353 * (flag)
2354 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2355 * (flag)
2356 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2357 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2358 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2359 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2360 */
2361enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2362 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2363 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2364 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2365 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2366 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2367 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2368
2369 /* keep last */
2370 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2371 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2372};
2373
2374/**
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002375 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2376 *
2377 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2378 * when getting information about a station.
2379 *
2380 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2381 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002382 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2383 * (u32, from this station)
2384 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2385 * (u32, to this station)
2386 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2387 * (u64, from this station)
2388 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2389 * (u64, to this station)
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01002390 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2391 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02002392 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002393 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2394 * (u32, from this station)
2395 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2396 * (u32, to this station)
2397 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2398 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2399 * (u32, to this station)
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01002400 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02002401 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2402 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2403 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07002404 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02002405 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2406 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2407 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2408 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2409 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
Johannes Berg03820322011-10-27 21:37:35 +02002410 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
Johannes Bergd456ac62012-02-16 09:42:00 +01002411 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02002412 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01002413 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2414 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2415 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2416 * non-peer STA
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02002417 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2418 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2419 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2420 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02002421 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2422 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002423 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2424 * (u64)
2425 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2426 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2427 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2428 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2429 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2430 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2431 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2432 * attributes carrying the actual values.
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02002433 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2434 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002435 */
2436enum nl80211_sta_info {
2437 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2438 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2439 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2440 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2441 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2442 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2443 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01002444 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2445 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
Johannes Berg72ff4122009-02-18 10:40:17 +01002446 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2447 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +02002448 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2449 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01002450 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02002451 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2452 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2453 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
Johannes Berg03820322011-10-27 21:37:35 +02002454 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
Johannes Bergd456ac62012-02-16 09:42:00 +01002455 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02002456 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01002457 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2458 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2459 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01002460 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2461 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02002462 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2463 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02002464 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002465 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2466 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2467 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2468 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002469
2470 /* keep last */
2471 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2472 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2473};
2474
2475/**
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002476 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2477 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2478 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2479 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2480 * attempted to transmit; u64)
2481 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2482 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2483 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2484 * MSDUs (u64)
2485 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2486 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2487 */
2488enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2489 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2490 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2491 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2492 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2493 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
2494
2495 /* keep last */
2496 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2497 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2498};
2499
2500/**
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002501 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2502 *
2503 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2504 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01002505 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002506 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2507 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2508 */
2509enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2510 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
2511 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01002512 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002513 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
2514 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
2515};
2516
2517/**
2518 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2519 *
2520 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2521 * information about a mesh path.
2522 *
2523 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002524 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2525 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2526 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2527 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2528 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002529 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002530 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2531 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2532 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2533 * currently defind
2534 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002535 */
2536enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2537 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2538 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01002539 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002540 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2541 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2542 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2543 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2544 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2545
2546 /* keep last */
2547 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2548 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2549};
2550
2551/**
2552 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2553 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2554 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2555 * an array of nested frequency attributes
2556 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2557 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +02002558 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2559 * defined in 802.11n
2560 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2561 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2562 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02002563 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2564 * defined in 802.11ac
2565 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002566 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2567 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002568 */
2569enum nl80211_band_attr {
2570 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2571 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2572 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2573
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +02002574 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2575 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2576 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2577 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2578
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02002579 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2580 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2581
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002582 /* keep last */
2583 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2584 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2585};
2586
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +02002587#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2588
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002589/**
2590 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002591 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002592 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2593 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2594 * regulatory domain.
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01002595 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
2596 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
2597 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002598 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
2599 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Johannes Bergc1081c22008-11-23 12:11:26 +01002600 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
2601 * (100 * dBm).
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01002602 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
2603 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
2604 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
2605 * this channel is in this DFS state.
2606 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
2607 * channel as the control channel
2608 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
2609 * channel as the control channel
2610 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
2611 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
2612 * this includes 80+80 channels
2613 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
2614 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
2615 * isn't possible
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02002616 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02002617 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
2618 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
2619 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
2620 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
2621 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
2622 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
2623 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT: GO operation is allowed on this
2624 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
2625 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
2626 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO on a
2627 * channel that has the GO_CONCURRENT attribute set can be done when there
2628 * is a clear assessment that the device is operating under the guidance of
2629 * an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO while the device is also
2630 * connected to an AP with DFS and radar detection on the UNII band (it is
2631 * up to user-space, i.e., wpa_supplicant to perform the required
2632 * verifications)
2633 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
2634 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2635 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
2636 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002637 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
2638 * currently defined
2639 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02002640 *
2641 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
2642 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
2643 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
2644 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002645 */
2646enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
2647 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
2648 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
2649 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01002650 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
2651 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002652 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
Johannes Bergc1081c22008-11-23 12:11:26 +01002653 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01002654 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
2655 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
2656 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
2657 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
2658 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
2659 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02002660 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02002661 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
2662 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT,
2663 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
2664 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002665
2666 /* keep last */
2667 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2668 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2669};
2670
Johannes Bergc1081c22008-11-23 12:11:26 +01002671#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01002672#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2673#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2674#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
Johannes Bergc1081c22008-11-23 12:11:26 +01002675
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002676/**
2677 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002678 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002679 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
2680 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
2681 * in 2.4 GHz band.
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002682 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
2683 * currently defined
2684 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002685 */
2686enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
2687 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
2688 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
2689 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
2690
2691 /* keep last */
2692 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2693 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2694};
2695
2696/**
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +01002697 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
2698 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
2699 * regulatory domain.
2700 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
2701 * regulatory domain.
2702 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
2703 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
2704 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
2705 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01002706 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
2707 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02002708 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01002709 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
2710 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
Johannes Bergf527ad72009-03-11 14:44:09 +01002711 */
2712enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
2713 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
2714 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
2715 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
2716 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
2717};
2718
2719/**
2720 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
2721 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
2722 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
2723 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
2724 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
2725 * domain.
2726 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
2727 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
2728 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
2729 * them to be applied.
2730 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
2731 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
2732 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
2733 * domain request to be processed.
2734 */
2735enum nl80211_reg_type {
2736 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
2737 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
2738 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
2739 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
2740};
2741
2742/**
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002743 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002744 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002745 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
2746 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
2747 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
2748 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
2749 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
2750 * band edge.
2751 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
2752 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
2753 * band edge.
2754 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02002755 * frequency range, in KHz.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002756 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
2757 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
2758 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
2759 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
2760 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02002761 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
2762 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002763 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
2764 * currently defined
2765 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002766 */
2767enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
2768 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
2769 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
2770
2771 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
2774
2775 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
2776 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
2777
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02002778 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
2779
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002780 /* keep last */
2781 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2782 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2783};
2784
2785/**
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02002786 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
2787 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2788 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
Johannes Bergda441d42014-01-24 16:07:51 +01002789 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02002790 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
Johannes Bergda441d42014-01-24 16:07:51 +01002791 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
2792 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
2793 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
2794 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
2795 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
2796 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
2797 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02002798 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
2799 * attribute number currently defined
2800 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2801 */
2802enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
2803 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
2804
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02002805 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
2806 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02002807
2808 /* keep last */
2809 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2810 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
2811 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2812};
2813
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02002814/* only for backward compatibility */
2815#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
2816
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02002817/**
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002818 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
2819 *
2820 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
2821 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
2822 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
2823 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
2824 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
2825 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
2826 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01002827 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
2828 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
2829 * beaconing.
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02002830 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
2831 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
2832 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
Johannes Bergb8820d22014-11-13 13:59:57 +01002833 * @NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT
2834 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
2835 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
2836 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
2837 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002838 */
2839enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
2840 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
2841 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
2842 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
2843 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
2844 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
2845 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
2846 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01002847 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
2848 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02002849 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
Johannes Bergb8820d22014-11-13 13:59:57 +01002850 NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
2851 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
2852 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
2853 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
2854 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002855};
2856
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01002857#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
2858#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
2859#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
Johannes Bergb8820d22014-11-13 13:59:57 +01002860#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
2861 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01002862
2863/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
2864#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
2865
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002866/**
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01002867 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
2868 *
2869 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
Johannes Berg4a7e7212012-06-07 09:10:32 +02002870 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
2871 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
2872 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01002873 */
2874enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
2875 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
2876 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
2877 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
2878 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
2879};
2880
2881/**
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02002882 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
2883 *
2884 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
2885 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
2886 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
2887 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
2888 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
2889 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
2890 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
2891 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
2892 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
2893 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
2894 * supported feature.
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02002895 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
2896 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02002897 */
2898enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
2899 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
2900 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02002901 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02002902};
2903
2904/**
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01002905 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
2906 *
2907 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
2908 * when getting information about a survey.
2909 *
2910 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2911 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
2912 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +02002913 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002914 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
2915 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
2916 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01002917 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002918 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01002919 * channel was sensed busy
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002920 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
2921 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
2922 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
2923 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
2924 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
2925 * (on this channel or globally)
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02002926 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
2927 * currently defined
2928 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01002929 */
2930enum nl80211_survey_info {
2931 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
2932 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
2933 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +02002934 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002935 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
2936 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
2937 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
2938 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
2939 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
2940 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01002941
2942 /* keep last */
2943 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2944 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2945};
2946
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01002947/* keep old names for compatibility */
2948#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
2949#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
2950#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
2951#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
2952#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
2953
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01002954/**
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002955 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
2956 *
2957 * Monitor configuration flags.
2958 *
2959 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
2960 *
2961 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
2962 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
2963 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
2964 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
2965 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
2966 * overrides all other flags.
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02002967 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
2968 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002969 *
2970 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2971 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
2972 */
2973enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
2974 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
2975 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
2976 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
2977 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
2978 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
2979 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02002980 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02002981
2982 /* keep last */
2983 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2984 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2985};
2986
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02002987/**
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01002988 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
2989 *
2990 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
2991 * not known or has not been set yet.
2992 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
2993 * in Awake state all the time.
2994 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
2995 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
2996 * neighbor's beacons.
2997 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
2998 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
2999 * for neighbor's beacons.
3000 *
3001 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3002 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3003 */
3004
3005enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3006 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3007 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3008 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3009 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3010
3011 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3012 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3013};
3014
3015/**
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003016 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3017 *
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003018 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3019 * active.
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003020 *
3021 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3022 *
3023 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003024 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003025 *
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02003026 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003027 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003028 *
3029 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003030 * millisecond units
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003031 *
3032 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003033 * on this mesh interface
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003034 *
3035 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003036 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3037 * mesh
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003038 *
3039 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003040 * point.
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003041 *
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01003042 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3043 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3044 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3045 * set.
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003046 *
3047 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003048 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3049 * target)
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003050 *
3051 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003052 * (in milliseconds)
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003053 *
3054 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003055 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003056 *
3057 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003058 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3059 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003060 *
3061 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003062 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3063 * reference element
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003064 *
3065 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003066 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3067 * mesh
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003068 *
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02003069 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01003070 *
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003071 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003072 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003073 *
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02003074 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003075 * root announcements are transmitted.
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02003076 *
3077 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003078 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3079 * Announcement frames.
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02003080 *
Johannes Berg564eb402011-12-06 13:37:12 +01003081 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003082 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3083 * PERR element.
Johannes Berg564eb402011-12-06 13:37:12 +01003084 *
Johannes Bergd456ac62012-02-16 09:42:00 +01003085 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003086 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
Johannes Bergd456ac62012-02-16 09:42:00 +01003087 *
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +02003088 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003089 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3090 * a peer link.
3091 *
3092 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3093 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3094 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3095 *
3096 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +02003097 *
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003098 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3099 *
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003100 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3101 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3102 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02003103 *
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003104 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3105 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3106 *
3107 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3108 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3109 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
Johannes Berg4a7e7212012-06-07 09:10:32 +02003110 *
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01003111 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3112 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3113 *
3114 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3115 *
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003116 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3117 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
Johannes Berga9e38042015-05-05 14:14:11 +02003118 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3119 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003120 *
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003121 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3122 */
3123enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3124 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3125 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3126 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3127 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3128 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3129 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3130 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3131 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3132 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3133 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3134 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3135 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3136 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3137 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
Johannes Bergdd2605a2009-11-16 19:49:11 +01003138 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01003139 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02003140 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3141 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
Johannes Berg564eb402011-12-06 13:37:12 +01003142 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
Johannes Bergd456ac62012-02-16 09:42:00 +01003143 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +02003144 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02003145 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
Johannes Berg4a7e7212012-06-07 09:10:32 +02003146 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003147 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3148 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3149 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01003150 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3151 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003152 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +02003153
3154 /* keep last */
colin@cozybit.com46c1ad12008-10-22 09:55:20 +02003155 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3156 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
Johannes Berg3dd781c2008-10-14 18:46:23 +02003157};
3158
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01003159/**
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003160 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3161 *
3162 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3163 * changed while the mesh is active.
3164 *
3165 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3166 *
3167 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003168 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3169 * default HWMP.
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003170 *
3171 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003172 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3173 * metric.
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003174 *
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02003175 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003176 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3177 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3178 * metrics in use.
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003179 *
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02003180 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003181 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02003182 *
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07003183 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003184 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3185 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3186 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3187 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3188 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3189 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3190 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3191 * userspace daemon.
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02003192 *
3193 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003194 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3195 * neighbor offset synchronization
3196 *
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01003197 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3198 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3199 *
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003200 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3201 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3202 * Default is no authentication method required.
3203 *
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003204 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02003205 *
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003206 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3207 */
3208enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3209 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3210 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3211 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
Johannes Berg9b13eeb2011-04-28 18:35:00 +02003212 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3213 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07003214 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02003215 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01003216 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003217 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003218
3219 /* keep last */
3220 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3221 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3222};
3223
3224/**
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01003225 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3226 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02003227 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01003228 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3229 * disabled
3230 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3231 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3232 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3233 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3234 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3235 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3236 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3237 */
3238enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3239 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02003240 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01003241 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3242 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3243 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3244 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3245
3246 /* keep last */
3247 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3248 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3249};
3250
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02003251enum nl80211_ac {
3252 NL80211_AC_VO,
3253 NL80211_AC_VI,
3254 NL80211_AC_BE,
3255 NL80211_AC_BK,
3256 NL80211_NUM_ACS
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01003257};
3258
Johannes Bergb0a3b5e2012-04-13 17:38:28 +02003259/* backward compat */
3260#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3261#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3262#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3263#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3264#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3265
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01003266/**
3267 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3268 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3269 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3270 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3271 * below the control channel
3272 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3273 * above the control channel
3274 */
Johannes Berg68632dc2008-12-12 22:40:45 +01003275enum nl80211_channel_type {
3276 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3277 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3278 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3279 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
Johannes Berg767eb642008-12-05 14:22:28 +01003280};
Johannes Berg41759e42008-12-08 12:56:39 +01003281
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +01003282/**
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01003283 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3284 *
3285 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3286 * attribute.
3287 *
3288 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3289 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3290 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3291 * attribute must be provided as well
3292 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3293 * attribute must be provided as well
3294 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3295 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3296 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3297 * attribute must be provided as well
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003298 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3299 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01003300 */
3301enum nl80211_chan_width {
3302 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3303 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3304 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3305 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3306 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3307 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003308 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3309 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01003310};
3311
3312/**
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01003313 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3314 *
3315 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3316 *
3317 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3318 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3319 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3320 */
3321enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3322 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3323 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3324 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3325};
3326
3327/**
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +01003328 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3329 *
3330 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02003331 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +01003332 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3333 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02003334 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3335 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3336 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +01003337 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3338 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3339 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003340 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02003341 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3342 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3343 * they are from a Beacon frame.
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003344 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3345 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02003346 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3347 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +01003348 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3349 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3350 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3351 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
Johannes Berga56117a2009-07-10 18:31:59 +02003352 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
Johannes Berge17cb202009-11-11 14:43:06 +01003353 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003354 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3355 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3356 * yet been received
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01003357 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3358 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02003359 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3360 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3361 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3362 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +01003363 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3364 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3365 */
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02003366enum nl80211_bss {
3367 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3368 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3369 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3370 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3371 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3372 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3373 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
Johannes Bergf2e17e12009-01-07 22:05:49 +01003374 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3375 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
Johannes Berga56117a2009-07-10 18:31:59 +02003376 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
Johannes Berge17cb202009-11-11 14:43:06 +01003377 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003378 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01003379 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02003380 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3381 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02003382
3383 /* keep last */
3384 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3385 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3386};
3387
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02003388/**
Johannes Berga56117a2009-07-10 18:31:59 +02003389 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02003390 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01003391 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3392 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3393 * a given BSS.
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02003394 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3395 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3396 *
3397 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3398 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
Johannes Berga56117a2009-07-10 18:31:59 +02003399 */
3400enum nl80211_bss_status {
3401 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3402 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3403 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3404};
3405
3406/**
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02003407 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3408 *
3409 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3410 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3411 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3412 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02003413 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02003414 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3415 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3416 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3417 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3418 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02003419 */
3420enum nl80211_auth_type {
3421 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3422 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3423 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3424 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02003425 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02003426
3427 /* keep last */
3428 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3429 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3430 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02003431};
3432
3433/**
3434 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3435 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3436 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3437 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +02003438 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02003439 */
3440enum nl80211_key_type {
3441 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3442 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3443 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +02003444
3445 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
Johannes Berg28566662009-04-19 00:52:26 +02003446};
3447
Johannes Berg52868512009-05-14 01:19:34 +02003448/**
3449 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3450 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3451 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3452 */
3453enum nl80211_mfp {
3454 NL80211_MFP_NO,
3455 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3456};
3457
Johannes Berga13f19e2009-07-02 08:57:16 +02003458enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3459 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3460 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3461};
3462
Johannes Bergb7394932009-07-07 21:37:34 +02003463/**
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003464 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3465 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3466 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3467 * unicast key
3468 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3469 * multicast key
3470 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3471 */
3472enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3473 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3474 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3475 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3476
3477 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3478};
3479
3480/**
Johannes Bergb7394932009-07-07 21:37:34 +02003481 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3482 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3483 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3484 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3485 * keys
3486 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3487 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3488 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3489 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3490 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3491 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3492 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +02003493 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3494 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3495 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003496 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3497 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3498 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
Johannes Bergb7394932009-07-07 21:37:34 +02003499 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3500 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3501 */
3502enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3503 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3504 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3505 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3506 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3507 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3508 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3509 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
Johannes Berg1cbe4a02010-10-07 10:55:37 +02003510 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
Johannes Berg15d71c12011-01-04 12:13:59 +01003511 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
Johannes Bergb7394932009-07-07 21:37:34 +02003512
3513 /* keep last */
3514 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3515 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3516};
3517
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003518/**
3519 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3520 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3521 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3522 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3523 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3524 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
Johannes Berg63f94302014-01-24 15:55:46 +01003525 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
Johannes Bergd456ac62012-02-16 09:42:00 +01003526 * in an array of MCS numbers.
Johannes Berg63f94302014-01-24 15:55:46 +01003527 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3528 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
Johannes Bergda441d42014-01-24 16:07:51 +01003529 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003530 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3531 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3532 */
3533enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3534 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3535 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
Johannes Berg63f94302014-01-24 15:55:46 +01003536 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3537 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
Johannes Bergda441d42014-01-24 16:07:51 +01003538 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003539
3540 /* keep last */
3541 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3542 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3543};
3544
Johannes Berg63f94302014-01-24 15:55:46 +01003545#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3546#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
3547
3548/**
3549 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3550 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3551 */
3552struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3553 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3554};
3555
Johannes Bergda441d42014-01-24 16:07:51 +01003556enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
3557 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
3558 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
3559 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
3560};
3561
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003562/**
3563 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02003564 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
3565 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003566 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003567 */
3568enum nl80211_band {
3569 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
3570 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003571 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
Johannes Bergd4350a32010-01-16 21:59:36 +01003572};
3573
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003574/**
3575 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
3576 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
3577 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
3578 */
Johannes Berg03977c42010-03-16 22:21:25 -07003579enum nl80211_ps_state {
3580 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
3581 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
3582};
3583
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +02003584/**
3585 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
3586 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
3587 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
3588 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
3589 * to disable.
3590 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
3591 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
3592 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
3593 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01003594 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
3595 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02003596 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
3597 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
3598 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
3599 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
3600 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
3601 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
3602 * checked.
3603 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
3604 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
3605 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
3606 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01003607 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
3608 * loss event
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +02003609 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
3610 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
3611 */
3612enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
3613 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
3614 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
3615 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
3616 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
Johannes Bergfb660ce2010-12-14 13:06:54 +01003617 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02003618 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
3619 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
3620 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01003621 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +02003622
3623 /* keep last */
3624 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
3625 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3626};
3627
3628/**
3629 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02003630 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +02003631 * configured threshold
Johannes Berg0c560ad2010-08-24 12:26:46 +02003632 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +02003633 * configured threshold
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01003634 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +02003635 */
3636enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
3637 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
3638 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
Johannes Berg869982f2012-07-06 08:56:27 +02003639 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Johannes Berg7c9e7c72010-03-31 07:24:48 +02003640};
3641
Johannes Berg80ed81f2010-07-21 10:10:33 +02003642
3643/**
3644 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
3645 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
3646 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
3647 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
3648 */
3649enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
3650 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
3651 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
3652 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
3653};
3654
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003655/**
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003656 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
3657 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
3658 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003659 * a zero bit are ignored
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003660 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003661 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
3662 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
3663 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
3664 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
3665 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
3666 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003667 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003668 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
3669 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
3670 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003671 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003672 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003673 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
3674 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003675 */
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003676enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
3677 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
3678 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
3679 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
3680 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003681
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003682 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
3683 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003684};
3685
3686/**
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003687 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003688 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
3689 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
3690 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003691 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003692 *
3693 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003694 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
3695 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
3696 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
3697 * by the kernel to userspace.
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003698 */
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003699struct nl80211_pattern_support {
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003700 __u32 max_patterns;
3701 __u32 min_pattern_len;
3702 __u32 max_pattern_len;
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003703 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003704} __attribute__((packed));
3705
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003706/* only for backward compatibility */
3707#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
3708#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
3709#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
3710#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
3711#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
3712#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
3713#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
3714
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003715/**
3716 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
3717 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
3718 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
3719 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
3720 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
Johannes Berga9e38042015-05-05 14:14:11 +02003721 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
3722 * any others are even supported by the device.
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003723 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
3724 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
3725 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
3726 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
3727 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
3728 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
3729 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003730 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
3731 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
3732 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
3733 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003734 *
3735 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003736 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003737 *
3738 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
3739 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
3740 * to the kernel when configuring.
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +02003741 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
3742 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
3743 * by the device (flag)
3744 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
3745 * done by the device) (flag)
3746 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
3747 * packet (flag)
3748 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
3749 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
3750 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003751 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
3752 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
3753 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
3754 * attribute contains the original length.
3755 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
3756 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
3757 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
3758 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
3759 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
3760 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
3761 * contains the original length.
3762 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
3763 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
3764 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
3765 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
3766 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
3767 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
3768 * the TCP connection.
3769 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
3770 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
3771 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
3772 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
3773 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
3774 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
3775 * service
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01003776 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
3777 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
3778 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01003779 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
3780 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
3781 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
3782 * attribute is also sent in a response to
3783 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
3784 * supported by the driver (u32).
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01003785 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
3786 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
3787 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
3788 * that the information is not available. If more than one
3789 * element is present, it means that more than one match
3790 * occurred.
3791 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
3792 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
3793 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
3794 * these attributes must be present. If
3795 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
3796 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
3797 * channel.
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003798 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
3799 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003800 *
3801 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
3802 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003803 */
3804enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
3805 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
3806 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
3807 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
3808 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
3809 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +02003810 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
3811 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
3812 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
3813 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
3814 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003815 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
3816 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
3817 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
3818 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
3819 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
3820 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
3821 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
3822 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01003823 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
3824 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
Johannes Berg2d6b9d72011-05-09 17:08:26 +02003825
3826 /* keep last */
3827 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
3828 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
3829};
3830
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07003831/**
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003832 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
3833 *
3834 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
3835 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
3836 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
3837 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
3838 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
3839 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
3840 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
3841 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
3842 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
3843 *
3844 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
3845 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
3846 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
3847 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
3848 * also woken up.
3849 *
3850 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
3851 * response packets might not go through correctly.
3852 */
3853
3854/**
3855 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
3856 * @start: starting value
3857 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
3858 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
3859 *
3860 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
3861 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
3862 * in little endian.
3863 */
3864struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
3865 __u32 start, offset, len;
3866};
3867
3868/**
3869 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
3870 * @offset: offset of token in packet
3871 * @len: length of each token
3872 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
3873 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
3874 */
3875struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
3876 __u32 offset, len;
3877 __u8 token_stream[];
3878};
3879
3880/**
3881 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
3882 * @min_len: minimum token length
3883 * @max_len: maximum token length
3884 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
3885 */
3886struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
3887 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
3888};
3889
3890/**
3891 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
3892 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
3893 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
3894 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
3895 * (in network byte order)
3896 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
3897 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
3898 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
3899 * might require ARP querying.
3900 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
3901 * socket and port will be allocated
3902 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
3903 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
3904 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
3905 * of the data payload.
3906 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
3907 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
3908 * advertising it is just a flag
3909 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
3910 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
3911 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
3912 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
3913 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
3914 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
3915 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
3916 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003917 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01003918 * but on the TCP payload only.
3919 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
3920 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
3921 */
3922enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
3923 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
3924 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
3925 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
3926 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
3927 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
3928 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
3929 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
3930 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
3931 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
3932 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
3933 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
3934 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
3935
3936 /* keep last */
3937 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
3938 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
3939};
3940
3941/**
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02003942 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
3943 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
3944 * @pat: packet pattern support information
3945 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
3946 *
3947 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
3948 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
3949 */
3950struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
3951 __u32 max_rules;
3952 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
3953 __u32 max_delay;
3954} __attribute__((packed));
3955
3956/**
3957 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
3958 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
3959 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
3960 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
3961 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
3962 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
3963 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
3964 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
3965 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
3966 */
3967enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
3968 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
3969 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
3970 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
3971 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
3972
3973 /* keep last */
3974 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3975 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
3976};
3977
3978/**
3979 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
3980 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
3981 * in a rule are matched.
3982 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
3983 * in a rule are not matched.
3984 */
3985enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
3986 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
3987 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
3988};
3989
3990/**
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07003991 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
3992 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
3993 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
3994 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
3995 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
3996 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
3997 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
3998 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
3999 */
4000enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4001 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4002 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4003 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4004
4005 /* keep last */
4006 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4007 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4008};
4009
4010/**
4011 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4012 *
4013 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4014 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4015 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4016 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4017 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4018 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4019 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4020 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4021 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4022 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4023 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4024 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4025 * different channels may be used within this group.
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01004026 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4027 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02004028 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4029 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07004030 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4031 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4032 *
4033 * Examples:
4034 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4035 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4036 *
4037 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], channels = 1, max = 8
4038 * => allows 8 of AP/GO
4039 *
4040 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4041 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4042 *
4043 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4044 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4045 *
4046 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4047 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4048 * that any of these groups must match.
4049 *
4050 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4051 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4052 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4053 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4054 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4055 */
4056enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4057 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4058 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4059 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4060 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4061 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01004062 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02004063 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
Johannes Berga3edaca2011-05-24 08:48:54 -07004064
4065 /* keep last */
4066 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4067 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4068};
4069
4070
4071/**
4072 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4073 *
4074 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4075 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4076 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4077 * this mesh peer
4078 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4079 * from this mesh peer
4080 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4081 * received from this mesh peer
4082 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4083 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4084 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4085 * plink are discarded
4086 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4087 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4088 */
4089enum nl80211_plink_state {
4090 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4091 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4092 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4093 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4094 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4095 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4096 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4097
4098 /* keep last */
4099 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4100 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4101};
4102
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01004103/**
4104 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4105 *
4106 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4107 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4108 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4109 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4110 */
4111enum plink_actions {
4112 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4113 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4114 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4115
4116 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4117};
4118
4119
Johannes Bergb47f6b42011-07-15 23:07:46 +02004120#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4121#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4122#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4123
4124/**
4125 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4126 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4127 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4128 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4129 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4130 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4131 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4132 */
4133enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4134 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4135 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4136 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4137 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4138
4139 /* keep last */
4140 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4141 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4142};
4143
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02004144/**
4145 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4146 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4147 * Beacon frames)
4148 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4149 * in Beacon frames
4150 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4151 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4152 */
4153enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4154 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4155 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4156 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4157};
4158
4159/**
4160 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4161 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02004162 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4163 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4164 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4165 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
Johannes Bergbea987c2011-09-03 09:14:07 +02004166 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4167 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4168 */
4169enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4170 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4171 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4172 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4173
4174 /* keep last */
4175 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4176 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4177};
4178
Johannes Bergfa1bdd02011-10-04 13:59:42 +02004179/**
4180 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4181 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4182 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4183 * priority)
4184 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4185 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4186 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4187 * (internal)
4188 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4189 * (internal)
4190 */
4191enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4192 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4193 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4194 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4195 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4196
4197 /* keep last */
4198 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4199 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4200};
4201
Johannes Berg03820322011-10-27 21:37:35 +02004202/**
4203 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4204 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4205 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4206 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4207 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4208 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4209 */
4210enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4211 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4212 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4213 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4214 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4215 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4216};
4217
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01004218/*
4219 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4220 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4221 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4222enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4223};
4224 */
4225
4226/**
4227 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4228 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4229 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4230 * socket option.
Johannes Berg6539cbf2011-12-14 15:03:55 +01004231 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
Johannes Bergb78ae2b2012-03-26 11:09:24 +02004232 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4233 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
Johannes Bergf1715632012-07-19 08:13:32 +02004234 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4235 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4236 * cellular base stations.
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02004237 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4238 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02004239 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4240 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4241 * mode
4242 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4243 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
Johannes Bergc11a1302012-10-26 16:47:51 +02004244 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
Johannes Berg4c471752012-11-19 15:41:07 +01004245 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01004246 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4247 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4248 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
Johannes Berg1632b8e2012-12-21 10:24:03 +01004249 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4250 * setting
4251 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4252 * powersave
Johannes Berg6ccd4972013-01-29 12:54:23 +01004253 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4254 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4255 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4256 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4257 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4258 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4259 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4260 * states using station flags.
4261 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4262 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4263 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01004264 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4265 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01004266 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4267 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4268 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4269 * still generated by the driver.
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02004270 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4271 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4272 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4273 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02004274 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4275 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4276 * lifetime of a BSS.
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02004277 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4278 * Set IE to probe requests.
4279 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4280 * to probe requests.
4281 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4282 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4283 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4284 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4285 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4286 * Measurement Report action frame.
4287 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4288 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4289 * to enable dynack.
4290 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4291 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4292 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4293 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4294 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4295 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4296 * rts/cts handshake.
Johannes Bergd1bc0eb2014-10-29 17:10:13 +01004297 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4298 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4299 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4300 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4301 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4302 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4303 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01004304 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4305 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4306 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4307 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4308 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4309 * address mask/value will be used.
4310 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4311 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4312 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4313 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4314 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4315 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4316 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4317 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01004318 */
4319enum nl80211_feature_flags {
Johannes Bergbec9a8e2012-10-16 20:08:34 +02004320 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4321 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4322 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4323 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
4324 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02004325 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4326 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4327 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
Johannes Bergc11a1302012-10-26 16:47:51 +02004328 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
Johannes Berg4c471752012-11-19 15:41:07 +01004329 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
Johannes Berg068ff942012-11-28 23:02:03 +01004330 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
Johannes Berg1632b8e2012-12-21 10:24:03 +01004331 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4332 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01004333 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4334 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4335 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01004336 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
Johannes Berg0fd08e22013-07-08 13:18:42 +02004337 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
Johannes Berg70f3fe92014-06-03 21:45:06 +02004338 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02004339 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4340 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4341 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4342 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4343 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4344 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4345 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
Johannes Bergd1bc0eb2014-10-29 17:10:13 +01004346 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4347 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01004348 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4349 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4350 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4351 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01004352};
4353
4354/**
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01004355 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
Johannes Berga9e38042015-05-05 14:14:11 +02004356 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01004357 *
4358 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4359 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4360 */
4361enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
Johannes Berga9e38042015-05-05 14:14:11 +02004362 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
Johannes Berga67b2d92015-03-03 09:47:36 +01004363
4364 /* add new features before the definition below */
4365 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4366 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4367};
4368
4369/**
Johannes Bergd0da8192011-11-24 19:46:24 +01004370 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4371 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4372 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4373 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4374 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4375 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4376 * to the host.
4377 *
4378 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4379 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4380 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4381 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4382 */
4383enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4384 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
4385 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
4386 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
4387 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
4388};
4389
Johannes Bergbec9a8e2012-10-16 20:08:34 +02004390/**
4391 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4392 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4393 * handled by the AP is reached.
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01004394 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
Johannes Bergbec9a8e2012-10-16 20:08:34 +02004395 */
4396enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4397 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4398 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4399};
4400
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02004401/**
4402 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
4403 *
4404 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4405 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4406 * requests.
4407 *
4408 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4409 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
Johannes Bergc11a1302012-10-26 16:47:51 +02004410 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4411 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4412 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4413 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4414 * when really needed
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01004415 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4416 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4417 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4418 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4419 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4420 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4421 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4422 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4423 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02004424 */
4425enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4426 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
4427 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
Johannes Bergc11a1302012-10-26 16:47:51 +02004428 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
Johannes Bergf548a702014-12-12 13:52:06 +01004429 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
Johannes Berga614d502012-10-16 20:35:53 +02004430};
4431
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01004432/**
4433 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
4434 *
4435 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
4436 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
4437 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
4438 *
4439 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
4440 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
4441 * in ACL to authenticate.
4442 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
4443 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
4444 */
4445enum nl80211_acl_policy {
4446 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
4447 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
4448};
4449
4450/**
Johannes Berg034a7d22014-10-09 16:16:27 +02004451 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
4452 *
4453 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
4454 *
4455 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
4456 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
4457 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
4458 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
4459 */
4460enum nl80211_smps_mode {
4461 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
4462 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
4463 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
4464
4465 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
4466 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4467};
4468
4469/**
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01004470 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
4471 *
4472 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
4473 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
4474 *
4475 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
4476 * now unusable.
4477 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
4478 * the channel is now available.
4479 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
4480 * change to the channel status.
4481 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
4482 * over, channel becomes usable.
4483 */
4484enum nl80211_radar_event {
4485 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
4486 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
4487 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
4488 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
4489};
4490
4491/**
4492 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
4493 *
4494 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
4495 *
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01004496 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01004497 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01004498 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01004499 * is therefore marked as not available.
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01004500 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01004501 */
Johannes Bergd7bfeaa2013-02-18 23:18:22 +01004502enum nl80211_dfs_state {
4503 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
4504 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
4505 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
4506};
4507
Johannes Bergac38f8a2013-03-25 16:31:26 +01004508/**
4509 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
4510 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
4511 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
4512 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
4513 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
4514 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
4515 */
4516enum nl80211_protocol_features {
4517 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
4518};
4519
Johannes Bergae586a42013-05-02 09:28:44 +02004520/**
4521 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
4522 *
4523 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
4524 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
4525 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
4526 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
4527 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
4528 */
4529enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
4530 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
4531 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
4532 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
4533 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
4534 /* add other protocols before this one */
4535 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
4536};
4537
4538/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
4539#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
4540
Johannes Berg320cfae2013-11-25 17:17:23 +01004541/**
4542 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
4543 *
4544 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
4545 *
4546 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
4547 */
4548enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
4549 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
4550};
4551
Johannes Berg63f94302014-01-24 15:55:46 +01004552/*
4553 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
4554 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
4555 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
4556 */
4557#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
4558
4559/**
4560 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
4561 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
4562 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
4563 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
4564 * added to this file when needed.
4565 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
4566 */
4567struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
4568 __u32 vendor_id;
4569 __u32 subcmd;
4570};
4571
Johannes Berg0c28d3d2014-05-13 15:47:52 +02004572/**
4573 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
4574 *
4575 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
4576 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
4577 *
4578 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
4579 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
4580 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
4581 */
4582enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
4583 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
4584 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
4585 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
4586};
4587
Johannes Bergf408e012008-09-18 19:32:11 +02004588#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */